1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
9189 Here's an example with the
9196 \begin_layout Labeling
9197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9226 marks the beginning of the item.
9227 (There is actually a
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 HFill inside of the label of the
9239 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
9241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9248 situations, like two-column mode.
9251 \begin_layout Standard
9252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9260 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9264 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9265 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9266 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9270 option in the space dialog.
9278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9293 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9295 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9302 What is correct English?:
9303 \begin_inset Newline newline
9307 \begin_inset Newline newline
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9314 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9315 \begin_inset Newline newline
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 \begin_inset Newline newline
9340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9363 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9375 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9393 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9397 for more information about TeX-Code.
9403 In our case write the command
9410 (note the space after
9411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9418 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9419 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9420 That is why it is named
9421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 There exists also the commands
9445 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9446 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9461 \begin_layout Subsection
9463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9465 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_layout Standard
9483 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9494 There you find the following sizes:
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9510 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9515 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 for the paragraph separation.
9531 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9558 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9560 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9561 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9570 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 s are described in section
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9586 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9595 If there are several
9599 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9600 You can therefore use
9604 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9612 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9619 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9638 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9650 \begin_layout Subsection
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 There are four possibilities:
9664 \begin_layout Itemize
9670 \begin_layout Itemize
9676 \begin_layout Itemize
9682 \begin_layout Itemize
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9690 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9691 the left and right margins.
9692 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9695 \begin_layout Standard
9697 This paragraph is right aligned,
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 this one is centered,
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 this one is left aligned.
9710 \begin_layout Subsection
9715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9724 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9731 \begin_layout Standard
9732 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9733 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9734 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9735 Only if you use many
9739 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9743 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9744 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9748 have to change the pagebreaking.
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9754 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9757 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9765 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9775 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9777 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9778 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9783 at the top of a page.
9784 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9785 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9786 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9787 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9791 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9806 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9824 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9825 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9826 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9827 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9828 if necessary by adding pages.
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9832 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9835 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9843 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9846 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9857 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9858 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9875 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9885 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9888 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9904 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9909 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_inset space ~
9918 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9920 This is necessary to avoid
9921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9928 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9932 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9933 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9934 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9935 set a linebreak, e.g.
9936 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9943 reference "sec:Quote"
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9950 reference "sec:Verse"
9955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9957 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9964 \begin_layout Subsection
9966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9968 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset space ~
9998 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10004 \begin_layout Section
10005 Characters and Symbols
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10009 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10010 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10018 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10030 for informations how this is done.
10033 \begin_layout Standard
10034 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10039 dialog via the menu
10041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10042 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10057 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10058 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10059 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10067 \begin_layout Section
10068 Fonts and Text Styles
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10071 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10078 \begin_layout Subsection
10083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 There are two types of fonts:
10096 \begin_layout Description
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10112 characters) in the font.
10113 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10114 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10115 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10116 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10117 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10118 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10119 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10120 provide a good image.
10121 \begin_inset Newline newline
10124 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10125 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10126 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10127 sizes than at small ones.
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10142 \begin_inset space ~
10150 \begin_layout Description
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10166 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10167 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10168 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10169 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10170 picture manipulation program.
10171 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10172 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10173 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10174 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10175 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10177 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10178 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10179 \begin_inset Newline newline
10182 Bitmap fonts are named
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10190 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10195 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10196 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10197 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10203 its document properties.
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10208 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10209 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10210 font to emphasize text, you use an
10211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10219 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10220 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10224 \begin_layout Subsection
10225 Document Font and Font size
10226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10228 name "sub:Document-Font"
10236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 You can set the document fonts in the
10258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 Document ! Settings
10272 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10273 font shapes roman (serif),
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 The possible options for the font include
10293 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10298 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10320 European Computer Modern
10323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10342 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10343 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10356 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10362 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10363 There are three ways to use one:
10366 \begin_layout Itemize
10367 One way is to use the
10377 Virtual means that it
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10389 -glyphs from other fonts.
10390 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 Loading the LaTeX-package
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10426 with the document preamble line
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10438 will fix the guillemet problem.
10443 and that accented characters are not
10447 glyph, they are build of
10451 characters, the accent and the letter.
10452 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10456 fonts for words with accented characters.
10457 If you search for example for the French word
10458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10474 and not for the glyph
10475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 , consists of these three main font types
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 \begin_inset space ~
10548 as typewriter font.
10549 \begin_inset Newline newline
10552 The differences between roman,
10555 \begin_inset space ~
10564 fonts are explained in section
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10571 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10576 \begin_inset Newline newline
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10587 was originally designed for newspapers.
10588 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10589 into the small newspaper columns.
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10601 \begin_layout Itemize
10602 The best solution is to use the
10607 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10618 For the font size there are four possible values:
10635 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 The font sizes are the
10644 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10645 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10646 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10655 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10656 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10662 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10682 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10686 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10687 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10688 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10690 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10693 dialog, see section
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10700 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10712 \begin_layout Subsection
10713 Using Different Character Styles
10717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10738 certain paragraph environments.
10739 LyX supports two character styles,
10748 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10757 style, do one of the following:
10760 \begin_layout Itemize
10761 click on the toolbar button
10762 \begin_inset Graphics
10763 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10770 \begin_layout Itemize
10771 use the key binding
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 These commands are all toggles.
10786 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 One typically uses the
10794 style for proper names.
10796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 is the original author of LyX.
10804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10810 \begin_layout Standard
10811 A more widely used character style is the
10816 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10823 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 clicking on the toolbar button
10825 \begin_inset Graphics
10826 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10833 \begin_layout Itemize
10834 using the keybindings
10837 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10848 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10849 es use a different font.
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10853 We've been using the
10857 style all over the place in this document.
10858 Here's one more example:
10861 \begin_layout Quotation
10864 Don't overuse character styles!
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10869 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10870 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10871 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_layout Subsection
10897 Fine-Tuning with the
10902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10904 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10923 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10924 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10925 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10926 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10927 from ordinary dialog.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10932 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10937 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 To use custom character styles, open the
10943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10945 \begin_inset space ~
10951 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10952 font property which you can choose.
10953 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10956 \begin_inset space ~
10961 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10966 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10967 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10968 environments in a snap.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11002 The possible options are:
11006 \begin_layout Labeling
11007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11012 This is the Roman font family.
11013 Normally a serif font.
11014 It's also the default family.
11019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 \begin_inset space ~
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 \begin_inset Note Note
11051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11053 It is explained in section
11054 \begin_inset space ~
11058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11060 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11072 \begin_layout Labeling
11073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11084 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 \begin_layout Labeling
11123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11130 This is the Typewriter font family.
11137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 \begin_inset space ~
11158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 \begin_layout Labeling
11172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11177 This corresponds to the print weight.
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11188 This is the Medium font series.
11189 It's also the default series.
11192 \begin_layout Labeling
11193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11200 This is the Bold font series.
11207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_layout Labeling
11240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 As the name implies.
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the Upright font shape.
11257 It's also the default shape.
11260 \begin_layout Labeling
11261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11275 s the Italic font shape
11281 \begin_layout Labeling
11282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11289 This is the Slanted font shape
11291 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11294 \begin_layout Labeling
11295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11306 This is the Small caps font shape
11313 \begin_layout Labeling
11314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 Alters the size of the font.
11320 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11321 nal to the document font size.
11322 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11323 what you want to do.
11328 \begin_layout Labeling
11329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 \begin_layout Labeling
11469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11503 \begin_inset space ~
11512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11535 \begin_inset space ~
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 \begin_layout Labeling
11555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_inset space ~
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11655 It's also the default size.
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset space ~
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 \begin_layout Labeling
11896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_inset space ~
11993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12070 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset space ~
12111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12127 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12128 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12129 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12130 - use that instead.
12131 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12140 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 This is text with emphasize on
12156 This might seem like the same as
12160 , but it is actually a bit different.
12166 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12168 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is text with Underbar on.
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12217 \begin_inset Newline newline
12222 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12223 when you couldn't change fonts.
12224 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12225 It's only included in LyX because some people
12229 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12240 This is text with Noun on.
12247 , this is a logical attribute.
12248 Normally it's equivalent to
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12267 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12276 , which is the default
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 and means normally black, you can choose between
12320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12329 \begin_layout Labeling
12330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12336 the language of the document.
12337 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12343 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12352 dialog, the settings are saved.
12353 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12354 \begin_inset Graphics
12355 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12360 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12361 when the dialog isn't visible.
12365 \begin_layout Standard
12366 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12375 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12376 (suppose you just set the shape to
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_layout Itemize
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 \begin_inset Note Note
12494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12495 For more on phantoms see section
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12502 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12512 \begin_inset Newline newline
12518 \begin_layout Itemize
12523 fonts use characters with serifs.
12524 These are the small
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12533 The following example will show the difference:
12534 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12543 text without serifs
12546 \begin_inset Newline newline
12549 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12550 They are therefore used as default font (named
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12563 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12564 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12569 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12572 \begin_layout Section
12573 Printing and Previewing
12576 \begin_layout Subsection
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12582 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12583 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12584 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12585 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12588 \begin_inset space ~
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12598 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12599 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12600 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12601 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12602 This happens in two stages:
12605 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12607 generating a file with the extension,
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12623 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12627 file to produce printable output.
12631 \begin_layout Subsection
12632 Output file formats
12636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12645 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 File formats ! ASCII
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 This file type has the extension
12668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12680 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12695 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 This file type has the extension
12717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12730 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12731 it manually with console commands.
12732 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12733 you view or export your document.
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 This file type has the extension
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12794 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12795 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12797 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12811 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12816 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12817 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12818 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12819 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12838 File formats ! PostScript
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 This file type has the extension
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 PostScript was developed by the company
12864 as printer language.
12865 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12867 PostScript can be seen as
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 programming language
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12875 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12880 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12890 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12900 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 Encapsulated PostScript
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 (EPS, file extension
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12926 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12927 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12928 whenever you view or export your document.
12929 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12930 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12931 EPS to avoid this problem.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 This file type has the extension
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12986 Portable Document Format
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12990 (PDF) is developed by
12994 as derivative from PostScript.
12995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13005 looks exactly the same.
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 (JPG, file extension
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 Portable Network Graphics
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 (PNG, file extension
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13063 in the background to one of these formats.
13064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13065 will slow down your workflow.
13066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13075 in three different ways:
13078 \begin_layout Description
13079 PDF This uses the program
13083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13092 \begin_layout Description
13094 \begin_inset space ~
13097 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13101 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13105 \begin_layout Description
13107 \begin_inset space ~
13110 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13114 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 We recommend to use
13121 \begin_inset space ~
13130 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13136 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13139 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13155 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13159 and choose a file type.
13160 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 you can use the toolbar button
13167 \begin_inset Graphics
13168 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13180 \begin_inset space ~
13186 \begin_inset Graphics
13187 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13193 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13197 \begin_inset Graphics
13198 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13209 \begin_layout Standard
13210 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13211 viewer window using the menu
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13222 To have a real output, export your document.
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 Printing the File from within LyX
13227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13229 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13238 it directly from within LyX.
13239 To print a file, select the menu
13241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 or click on the toolbar button
13245 \begin_inset Graphics
13246 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13251 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13252 This file is then processed by the program
13256 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13261 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13266 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13267 printing one set to print on the other side.
13268 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13269 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13270 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 You can set the parameters in the
13277 \begin_inset space ~
13285 \begin_layout Labeling
13286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13291 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13296 Note that this printer name is for the program
13305 has to be configured for this printer name.
13306 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13307 \begin_inset space ~
13311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13313 reference "sub:Printer"
13322 The printer should understand PostScript.
13325 \begin_layout Labeling
13326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13331 The name of a file to print to.
13332 The output will be a PostScript file.
13333 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13337 \begin_layout Section
13338 A few Words about Typography
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 \begin_layout Subsection
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13400 \begin_layout Enumerate
13402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_layout Enumerate
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_layout Enumerate
13463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_layout Enumerate
13513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_layout Standard
13540 You generate them by inserting the
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 character multiple times in a row.
13553 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13554 final output, but not in LyX.
13557 \begin_layout Standard
13558 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13559 math mode and has a length of its own.
13560 Here are some examples of the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_layout Enumerate
13576 line- and page-breaks
13577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13587 \begin_layout Enumerate
13589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13599 \begin_layout Enumerate
13600 Oh --- there's a dash.
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13626 \begin_layout Subsection
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13640 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13648 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13649 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13663 following the rules of the document language
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13680 \begin_inset space ~
13687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13704 and with unusual constructs, like
13705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13713 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13714 This is done with the menu
13716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13717 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13725 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13726 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13731 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13732 a hyphen and a space in the form
13733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 as hyphenation possibility.
13750 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13751 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13752 of the LaTeX-box-command
13758 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13759 As LyX doesn't support
13765 , we have to use TeX Code.
13766 The result looks in LyX like:
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 \begin_inset Graphics
13771 filename clipart/mbox.png
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13786 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13793 \begin_layout Subsection
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13808 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13820 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13821 LaTeX then adds the
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13825 appropriate amount of space
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13830 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13832 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13851 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 Here are some examples of
13859 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13862 \begin_layout Itemize
13867 \begin_layout Itemize
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13879 this is too much space!
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13888 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13904 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13905 \begin_inset space ~
13909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13911 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13920 Spaces ! inter-word
13928 \begin_layout Enumerate
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13937 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13944 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 \begin_layout Enumerate
13965 \begin_inset space ~
13969 \begin_inset space ~
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13987 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13988 This function is also bound to
13995 \begin_layout Standard
13996 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13999 \begin_layout Itemize
14001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14005 \begin_inset space \space{}
14008 this is too much space!
14011 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14018 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14019 LaTeX will care about this.
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14023 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14027 \begin_inset space ~
14032 feature described in section
14043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14049 Typography ! Quotes
14058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14098 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14099 and use a closing quote at the end.
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 The keyboard character,
14113 , generates this automatically.
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 You can change the behavior of the
14121 key using the submenu
14127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 Document ! Settings
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14144 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14149 There are six choices:
14152 \begin_layout Labeling
14153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 Use quotes like this
14166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 \begin_inset Quotes els
14178 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14184 \begin_layout Labeling
14185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14188 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14198 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14206 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14212 \begin_layout Labeling
14213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14216 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14220 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14234 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14238 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14244 \begin_layout Labeling
14245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14248 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14258 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14266 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14270 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14276 \begin_layout Labeling
14277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14280 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14290 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14302 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14308 \begin_layout Labeling
14309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14312 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14316 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14326 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14330 \begin_inset Quotes als
14334 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14341 These settings affects what character the
14348 \begin_layout Subsection
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 Typography ! Ligatures
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14394 name "sub:Ligatures"
14401 \begin_layout Standard
14402 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14403 print them as single characters.
14404 These groups are known as
14409 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14411 Here are the standard ligatures:
14414 \begin_layout Itemize
14418 \begin_layout Itemize
14422 \begin_layout Itemize
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Itemize
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14438 \begin_layout Standard
14439 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14440 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 To break a ligature, use
14466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14467 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14469 \begin_inset space ~
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 \begin_layout Subsection
14517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14526 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 You have surely noticed, that the word
14535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14542 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14543 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14544 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 \begin_inset Note Note
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14577 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14582 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14586 \begin_layout Description
14587 LyX The name of the game, write
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_layout Description
14610 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_layout Description
14633 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14693 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14697 : The actual version is
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 , the previous one was
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14718 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14720 This will look in LyX like:
14721 \begin_inset Graphics
14722 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14727 \begin_inset Newline newline
14730 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14731 \begin_inset space ~
14735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14737 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14744 \begin_layout Subsection
14749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14760 space between two words.
14761 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 for units use the menu
14773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14774 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14789 Here's an example to show the differences:
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14793 \begin_inset Tabular
14794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14796 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14797 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 space between number and unit
14827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14836 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 half space between number and unit
14861 \begin_layout Subsection
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14885 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14886 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14887 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14888 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14889 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14890 These bits of text became known as
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14903 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14904 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14905 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14906 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14907 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14908 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14913 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14914 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14915 \begin_inset space ~
14919 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14921 key "latexcompanion"
14926 \begin_inset space ~
14930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14936 ] may have more information.
14937 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14940 \begin_layout Chapter
14941 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14944 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14957 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14960 \begin_layout Section
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14982 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14985 \begin_layout Description
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14990 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14991 \begin_inset Newline newline
14995 \begin_inset Note Note
14998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15007 \begin_layout Description
15008 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15009 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15011 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15012 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15013 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15016 \begin_inset Newline newline
15020 \begin_inset Note Comment
15023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15024 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15032 \begin_layout Description
15034 \begin_inset space ~
15037 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15038 \begin_inset Newline newline
15042 \begin_inset Newline newline
15046 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15055 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15056 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15057 How this can be done is explained in the
15066 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15072 \begin_inset Newline newline
15076 \begin_inset Newline newline
15079 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15080 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15084 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15085 \begin_inset Graphics
15086 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15088 scaleBeforeRotation
15094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15098 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15101 \begin_layout Section
15106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15115 name "sec:Footnotes"
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15123 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15129 or the toolbar button
15130 \begin_inset Graphics
15131 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15144 \begin_inset Graphics
15145 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15155 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15184 label, the box will
15188 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15189 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15202 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 Here's an example footnote:
15227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15236 \begin_layout Standard
15237 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15238 position where the footnote box is placed.
15239 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15240 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15241 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15242 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15243 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15248 ey are described in the
15255 \begin_layout Section
15260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15269 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15276 \begin_layout Standard
15277 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15278 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15282 \begin_inset space ~
15287 or the toolbar button
15288 \begin_inset Graphics
15289 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15316 appearing within your text.
15317 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15327 At the side is an example marginal note.
15331 \begin_inset Marginal
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15335 This is a marginal note.
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15344 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15345 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15346 pages, right on odd pages.
15349 \begin_layout Section
15350 Graphics and Images
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15373 name "sec:Graphics"
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15382 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15383 \begin_inset Graphics
15384 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15394 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15397 \begin_layout Standard
15398 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15403 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15404 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15405 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15407 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15408 \begin_inset space ~
15412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15414 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15426 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15427 of the image in the output.
15428 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15436 \begin_inset space ~
15445 \begin_inset space ~
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15453 \begin_inset space ~
15458 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15459 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15468 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15473 You can also set the
15477 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15478 This option is explained in section
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15485 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15498 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15499 image size is printed.
15502 \begin_layout Standard
15503 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15504 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15506 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15507 centered paragraph:
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15512 \begin_inset Graphics
15513 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15515 rotateOrigin center
15522 \begin_layout Standard
15523 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15524 the image into a float, see section
15525 \begin_inset space ~
15529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15531 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15538 \begin_layout Subsection
15543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15552 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15560 You can insert images in any known file format.
15561 But as we explained in section
15562 \begin_inset space ~
15566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15568 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15572 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15573 LyX uses therefore the program
15577 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15578 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15579 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15586 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15593 \begin_layout Standard
15594 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15597 \begin_layout Description
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15602 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15603 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15604 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15608 Graphics Interchange Format
15609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15612 (GIF, file extension
15613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15660 Portable Network Graphics
15661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15664 (PNG, file extension
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15712 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 (JPG, file extension
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15775 \begin_layout Description
15777 \begin_inset space ~
15780 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15782 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15783 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15784 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15785 \begin_inset Newline newline
15788 Scalable image formats can be
15789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15792 Scalable Vector Graphics
15793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15796 (SVG, file extension
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15844 Encapsulated PostScript
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15848 (EPS, file extension
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15896 Portable Document Format
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 (PDF, file extension
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15923 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15924 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15925 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15940 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15944 \begin_layout Section
15949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15966 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15967 \begin_inset Graphics
15968 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15979 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15980 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15981 from the rest of the table.
15982 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15983 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15985 Here's an example table:
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15990 \begin_inset Tabular
15991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16196 \begin_layout Subsection
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16201 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16202 brings up the table dialog.
16203 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16204 where the cursor is placed currently.
16205 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16206 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16207 done on all of your selection.
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16211 Additionally to the table dialog the
16214 \begin_inset space ~
16219 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16221 It is for example currently only possible to add
16222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16229 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16236 \begin_inset space ~
16241 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16242 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16243 current cell respectively.
16244 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16246 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16247 of text, see section
16248 \begin_inset space ~
16252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16254 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16262 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16268 This will merge the cells to
16272 cell, spread over more than one column.
16273 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16274 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16275 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16276 in the last row without the upper border:
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16281 \begin_inset Tabular
16282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16283 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16285 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16298 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16307 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16419 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16420 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16421 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16422 explained in the tables section of the
16425 \begin_inset space ~
16431 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16432 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16435 degrees counterclockwise.
16436 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16439 \begin_layout Standard
16440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 Most DVI-viewers are
16452 able to display rotations.
16460 \begin_layout Standard
16465 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16470 adds lines for all cell borders.
16473 \begin_layout Subsection
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 Tables ! Longtables
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16498 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16501 \begin_inset space ~
16505 \begin_inset space ~
16514 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16515 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16518 \begin_layout Description
16523 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16524 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16525 except for the first page, if
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16536 \begin_layout Description
16540 \begin_inset space ~
16545 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16546 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16549 \begin_layout Description
16554 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16555 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16556 except for the last page, if
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16567 \begin_layout Description
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16576 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16577 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16581 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16582 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16583 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16584 The others will then be defined as
16589 In this context, first means first in this order:
16592 \begin_inset space ~
16604 \begin_inset space ~
16610 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16615 \begin_inset Tabular
16616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16617 <features islongtable="true">
16618 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16619 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16620 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16621 <row endfirsthead="true">
16622 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16633 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <row endfirsthead="true">
16653 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 <row endhead="true">
16686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16706 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 <row endhead="true">
16717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <row endfoot="true">
16750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <row endlastfoot="true">
18732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 \begin_layout Subsection
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18783 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18791 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18792 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18793 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18794 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18798 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18799 for the cell's paragraph.
18802 \begin_layout Standard
18803 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18804 for the column in the table dialog.
18805 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18806 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18810 \begin_layout Standard
18812 \begin_inset Tabular
18813 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18816 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 This is longer now.
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19019 This is longer now.
19024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19051 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19052 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19053 Selection with the mouse or with
19057 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19058 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19059 the selection from outside the table.
19062 \begin_layout Section
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19084 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19085 have a fixed location.
19087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19094 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19102 \begin_inset space ~
19107 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19108 too much notes at the page.
19111 \begin_layout Standard
19112 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19113 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19114 and pages without text.
19115 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19116 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19117 Floats are therefore numbered.
19118 Referencing is described in section
19119 \begin_inset space ~
19123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19125 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19132 \begin_layout Standard
19133 To insert a float, use the menu
19135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19139 A box with a caption that has e.
19140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19144 \begin_inset space ~
19148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19152 \begin_inset space ~
19156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19159 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19160 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19162 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19173 paragraph within the float.
19174 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19175 by left-clicking on the box label.
19176 A closed float box looks like this:
19177 \begin_inset Graphics
19178 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19183 -- a gray button with a red label.
19186 \begin_layout Standard
19187 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19188 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19191 \begin_layout Subsection
19195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 Floats ! Figure floats
19207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19209 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19216 \begin_layout Standard
19219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19220 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19223 inserts a float with the label
19224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19230 \begin_inset space ~
19236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19240 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19241 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19242 This is what we did for Figure
19243 \begin_inset space ~
19247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19249 reference "cap:Platypus"
19254 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19255 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19256 This was done in Figure
19257 \begin_inset space ~
19261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19263 reference "cap:Escher"
19270 \begin_layout Standard
19271 \begin_inset Float figure
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 \begin_inset Graphics
19279 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19281 rotateOrigin center
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 \begin_inset Caption
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19294 name "cap:Platypus"
19298 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19311 \begin_layout Standard
19312 \begin_inset Float figure
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 \begin_inset Caption
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset Graphics
19339 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19341 rotateOrigin center
19353 \begin_layout Standard
19354 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19356 As described in section
19357 \begin_inset space ~
19361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19363 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19367 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19372 and refer to it using the menu
19374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19378 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19387 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19399 \begin_layout Standard
19400 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19401 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19402 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19403 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19405 \begin_inset space ~
19409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19411 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19415 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19416 You can also set the images one below the other.
19418 \begin_inset space ~
19422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19424 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19431 reference "fig:Platypus"
19435 are the subfigures.
19438 \begin_layout Standard
19439 \begin_inset Float figure
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19449 \begin_inset Float figure
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 \begin_inset Caption
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19460 name "fig:Undefinable"
19472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 \begin_inset Graphics
19474 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19489 \begin_inset Float figure
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 \begin_inset Caption
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19500 name "fig:Platypus"
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Graphics
19514 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19526 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Caption
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19538 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19542 Two distorted images.
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Note that the caption is added to the
19559 \begin_inset space ~
19563 \begin_inset space ~
19568 as described in section
19569 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19575 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19582 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 Floats ! Table floats
19594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19596 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19603 \begin_layout Standard
19604 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19607 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19611 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19614 \begin_inset space ~
19618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19620 reference "cap:Table-float"
19624 is an example of a table float.
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19628 \begin_inset Float table
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 \begin_inset Caption
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19639 name "cap:Table-float"
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 \begin_inset Tabular
19654 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19808 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19864 \begin_layout Standard
19865 This float type is inserted with the menu
19867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19868 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19872 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19873 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19877 , described in section
19878 \begin_inset space ~
19882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19884 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19900 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19906 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19914 floatname{algorithm}{your
19915 \begin_inset space ~
19921 \begin_layout Standard
19922 to the document preamble (menu
19924 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19931 \begin_inset space ~
19937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19951 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19965 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19973 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 \begin_inset Graphics
19982 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19984 rotateOrigin center
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 \begin_inset Caption
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19997 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20001 This is a wrapped figure.
20002 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20015 This float type is used if you want to
20016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20023 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20025 It can be inserted using the menu
20027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20028 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20030 \begin_inset space ~
20035 if the LaTeX-package
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20057 \begin_inset space ~
20067 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20070 \begin_inset space ~
20074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20076 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20080 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 Available units are explained in Appendix
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20096 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20105 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20109 \begin_layout Standard
20110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20118 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20119 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20120 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20121 over some other text.
20129 \begin_layout Itemize
20130 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20131 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20132 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20133 breaks will appear.
20136 \begin_layout Itemize
20137 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20138 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20141 \begin_layout Itemize
20142 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20143 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20146 \begin_layout Itemize
20147 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20150 \begin_layout Subsection
20152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20154 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 \begin_layout Standard
20172 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20173 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20185 \begin_layout Standard
20186 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20187 have a multi-column document).
20188 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20191 \begin_inset space ~
20197 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20198 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20206 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20207 format is also the same: Table
20208 \begin_inset space ~
20212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20214 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20218 is an example of a rotated table float.
20221 \begin_layout Standard
20222 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20238 \begin_layout Standard
20239 \begin_inset Float table
20244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20245 \begin_inset Caption
20247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20250 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 \begin_inset Tabular
20265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20271 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 \begin_layout Subsection
20333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20335 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 \begin_layout Standard
20353 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20354 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20355 \begin_inset Newline newline
20361 \begin_inset space ~
20366 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20367 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20369 \begin_inset Newline newline
20375 \begin_inset space ~
20380 is used to rotate floats, see section
20381 \begin_inset space ~
20385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20387 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20394 \begin_layout Standard
20395 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20396 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20399 \begin_inset space ~
20403 \begin_inset space ~
20411 \begin_layout Description
20413 \begin_inset space ~
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20420 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20423 \begin_layout Description
20425 \begin_inset space ~
20429 \begin_inset space ~
20432 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20435 \begin_layout Description
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20441 \begin_inset space ~
20444 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20447 \begin_layout Description
20449 \begin_inset space ~
20453 \begin_inset space ~
20456 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20459 \begin_layout Standard
20460 The order of the above option is
20465 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20469 \begin_inset space ~
20473 \begin_inset space ~
20481 \begin_inset space ~
20485 \begin_inset space ~
20490 , and then the others.
20491 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20493 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20494 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20497 \begin_layout Standard
20498 By default, each options has its own rules:
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20509 \begin_inset space ~
20514 only floats occupying less than 70
20515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20518 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20525 \begin_inset space ~
20529 \begin_inset space ~
20534 : only floats occupying less than 30
20535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20538 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20541 \begin_layout Standard
20545 \begin_inset space ~
20549 \begin_inset space ~
20554 : only if more than 50
20555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20558 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20562 \begin_layout Standard
20563 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20567 \begin_inset space ~
20571 \begin_inset space ~
20579 \begin_layout Standard
20580 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20581 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20582 For this case you can use the option
20585 \begin_inset space ~
20591 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20593 Because the float is then no longer able to
20594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20601 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20605 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20606 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20610 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20614 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20621 \begin_layout Section
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20635 name "sec:Minipages"
20642 \begin_layout Standard
20643 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20645 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20646 \begin_inset space ~
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20660 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20661 and its alignment within the page.
20664 \begin_layout Standard
20666 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20675 height_special "totalheight"
20678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 This is a minipage.
20682 The text is set in an italic style.
20685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20688 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20689 another formatting.
20697 \begin_layout Standard
20698 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20701 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20705 as described in section
20706 \begin_inset space ~
20710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20712 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20717 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20733 height_special "totalheight"
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20737 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20738 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20744 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20748 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20757 height_special "totalheight"
20760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20762 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20771 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20778 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20779 to other box types.
20780 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20791 \begin_layout Chapter
20792 Mathematical Formulas
20796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20837 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20845 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20850 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20853 \begin_layout Section
20858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20868 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20869 \begin_inset Graphics
20870 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20875 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20877 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20878 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20879 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20892 \begin_inset space ~
20897 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20902 line, like this one:
20905 \begin_layout Standard
20906 This is a line with an inline formula
20907 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20913 \begin_layout Standard
20914 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20916 \begin_inset Formula \[
20921 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20925 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20941 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20942 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20946 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20949 \begin_inset space ~
20957 \begin_layout Subsection
20958 Navigating in Formulas
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20973 achieved with the arrow keys.
20974 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20975 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20980 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20981 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20985 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20989 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20991 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20999 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21004 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21005 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21013 , printed in this document as
21014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21035 \begin_inset Note Note
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21040 space character (visible space).
21045 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21046 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21047 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21052 For example, if you want
21053 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 , since in the latter case only the
21110 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21115 will be under the square root sign:
21116 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21123 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21125 \begin_inset Formula \[
21126 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21129 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21133 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21134 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21137 \begin_layout Subsection
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21142 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21143 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21147 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21148 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21149 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21150 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21151 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21154 \begin_layout Subsection
21155 Exponents and Subscripts
21159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21180 way is to use a command.
21182 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21185 , type in a formula
21191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21213 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21217 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21247 , you have to use an extra
21251 to separate the hat and the character.
21254 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21275 Subscripts are similar: To get
21276 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21299 \begin_layout Subsection
21304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21313 \begin_layout Standard
21314 Create a fraction with either the command
21321 \begin_inset Graphics
21322 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21336 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21337 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21338 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21343 To move back up, press
21348 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21349 \begin_inset Formula \[
21350 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21352 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21359 \begin_layout Subsection
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21373 \begin_layout Standard
21374 Roots can be created using the
21377 \begin_inset space ~
21383 \begin_inset Graphics
21384 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21407 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21413 produces always a square root.
21416 \begin_layout Subsection
21417 Operators with Limits
21421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21440 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21449 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21453 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21456 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21457 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21458 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21459 The sum operator will automatically place its
21460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21467 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21470 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21474 \begin_inset Formula \[
21475 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21479 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21486 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21487 behind the operator and hitting
21493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21494 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21496 \begin_inset space ~
21500 \begin_inset space ~
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21517 feature as addition, such as
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21528 \begin_inset Formula \[
21529 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21533 which will place the
21534 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21546 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21547 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21561 Have a look at section
21562 \begin_inset space ~
21566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21568 reference "sub:Functions"
21572 for an explanation of function macros.
21575 \begin_layout Subsection
21580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 Most math symbols can be found in the
21593 \begin_inset space ~
21598 under one of several categories; including
21615 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21619 \begin_layout Standard
21620 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21621 you don't have to use the
21624 \begin_inset space ~
21629 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21630 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21633 \begin_layout Subsection
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21647 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21654 \begin_layout Standard
21655 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21664 \begin_inset space ~
21670 \begin_inset Graphics
21671 filename ../images/math/space.png
21676 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21677 Here a example for the sequence
21682 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21686 \begin_inset Graphics
21687 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21692 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21693 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21694 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21695 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21700 \begin_layout Standard
21710 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21716 \begin_layout Standard
21726 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21732 \begin_layout Subsection
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21746 name "sub:Functions"
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21757 \begin_inset space ~
21762 contains under the button
21763 \begin_inset Graphics
21764 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21768 a number of functions, such as
21769 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21773 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21781 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21788 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21789 avoid confusions, because
21790 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21794 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21803 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21807 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21814 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21815 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21816 \begin_inset space ~
21820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21822 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21829 \begin_layout Subsection
21834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21843 \begin_layout Standard
21844 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21846 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21847 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21849 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21852 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21853 Our example is entered by typing
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 \begin_inset space ~
21878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21880 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21884 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21887 \begin_layout Standard
21888 \begin_inset Float table
21893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 \begin_inset Caption
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21899 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21903 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21913 \begin_inset Tabular
21914 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22002 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22218 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22504 \begin_inset space ~
22510 \begin_inset Graphics
22511 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22515 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22519 \begin_layout Section
22520 Brackets and Delimiters
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22543 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22550 \begin_layout Standard
22551 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22552 For most purposes, using just the keys
22557 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22558 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22561 \begin_inset space ~
22567 \begin_inset Graphics
22568 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22573 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22575 \begin_inset Formula \[
22576 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22578 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22582 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22583 \begin_inset Formula \[
22584 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22591 \begin_layout Standard
22592 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22593 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22597 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22598 left side and right side.
22599 If you use the option
22602 \begin_inset space ~
22607 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22608 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22609 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22610 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22613 \begin_layout Standard
22614 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22615 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22616 inside the brackets.
22617 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22622 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22626 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22637 \begin_layout Section
22642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22651 name "sec:Grouping"
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22659 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22660 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22672 \begin_inset Formula \[
22673 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22680 \begin_layout Standard
22681 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22696 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22697 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22698 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22701 \begin_layout Section
22702 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22727 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22735 \begin_layout Standard
22736 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22739 \begin_inset space ~
22745 \begin_inset Graphics
22746 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22751 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22752 Here is an example:
22753 \begin_inset Formula \[
22754 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22757 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22761 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22762 \begin_inset space ~
22766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22768 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22773 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22774 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22775 This alignment is set in the box
22780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22828 for every column as default.
22829 For example, the sequence
22830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22841 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22842 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22843 corresponds to the relevant column.
22844 The result will look like this:
22845 \begin_inset Formula \[
22847 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22848 column & has & has\, right\\
22849 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22861 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22862 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22864 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22870 \begin_layout Standard
22871 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22872 It can be created with the menu
22874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22875 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22877 \begin_inset space ~
22890 \begin_inset Formula \[
22894 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22901 \begin_layout Standard
22902 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22905 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22913 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22922 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22930 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22931 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22932 A new row is created by every further hit of
22940 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22941 Here is an example:
22942 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22943 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22944 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22948 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22949 where you want to start the shift and hit
22954 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22955 position to the next column.
22956 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22957 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22958 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22959 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22967 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22974 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22975 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22978 reference "eq:asquared"
22983 The other types are described in section
22984 \begin_inset space ~
22988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22990 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22997 \begin_layout Section
22998 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23003 Math ! Formula numbering
23012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23013 Math ! Referencing formulas
23019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23021 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23031 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23032 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23034 \begin_inset space ~
23042 \begin_inset space ~
23048 The formula number appears in LyX as
23049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23056 within parentheses.
23058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23065 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23067 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23068 the document class.
23069 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23070 separated by a dot:
23071 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23072 1+1=2\end{equation}
23079 \begin_inset space ~
23084 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23085 You can only number displayed formulas.
23088 \begin_layout Standard
23089 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23091 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23092 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23094 \begin_inset space ~
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23102 \begin_inset space ~
23110 \begin_inset space ~
23115 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23116 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23118 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23119 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23123 To number all lines use the shortcut
23126 \begin_inset space ~
23134 \begin_layout Standard
23135 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23138 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23139 A label is inserted with the menu
23141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23144 when the cursor is in the formula.
23145 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23146 It is recommended to use the proposed
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23158 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23159 type when you have many labels in your document.
23160 We inserted in the following example the label
23161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23168 in the second line:
23169 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23170 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23171 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23175 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23176 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23186 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23190 \begin_inset space ~
23196 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23197 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23198 as the formula number:
23201 \begin_layout Standard
23202 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23205 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23213 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23214 \begin_inset space ~
23218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23220 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23225 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23231 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23236 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23244 \begin_layout Section
23245 User defined math macros
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23258 name "sec:math-macros"
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23267 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23268 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23270 \begin_inset Newline newline
23273 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23274 \begin_inset Formula \[
23275 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23279 The general form of its solution is:
23280 \begin_inset Formula \[
23281 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23288 \begin_layout Standard
23289 The macro should print the parameters
23290 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23294 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23298 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23301 like in the equation above.
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 A macro is created by executing the command
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 \begin_inset space ~
23342 \begin_inset space ~
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23349 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23350 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23351 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23352 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 We have three arguments and name the macro
23358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23365 , so that the command is:
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 \begin_layout Standard
23401 This results in the following macro definition box:
23402 \begin_inset Graphics
23403 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23408 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23409 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23410 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23414 \begin_inset Note Note
23417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23419 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23428 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23429 the math panel or commands.
23430 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23431 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23442 for the first argument.
23443 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23444 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23445 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23446 in LyX with its full size.
23447 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23448 In our example we insert the sequence
23449 \begin_inset Newline newline
23477 \begin_inset Newline newline
23482 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23485 \begin_layout Standard
23486 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23501 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23506 \begin_inset Graphics
23507 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23514 \begin_layout Standard
23515 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23516 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23517 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23518 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23519 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23522 \begin_layout Standard
23523 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23524 to the new definition.
23525 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23526 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23530 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23534 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23538 \begin_inset Formula \[
23546 \begin_layout Standard
23547 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23565 \begin_inset Newline newline
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23602 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23603 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23604 definition box in your document.
23605 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23607 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23609 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23614 \begin_layout Section
23618 \begin_layout Subsection
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 \begin_layout Standard
23633 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23634 To set a font in a formula, use the
23637 \begin_inset space ~
23643 \begin_inset Graphics
23644 filename ../images/math/font.png
23648 , or enter its command, listed in table
23649 \begin_inset space ~
23653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23655 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23662 \begin_layout Standard
23663 \begin_inset Float table
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 \begin_inset Caption
23671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23674 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23678 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 \begin_inset Tabular
23689 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23724 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23778 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23811 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23865 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23899 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23926 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23961 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23985 \begin_layout Standard
23986 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23987 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23992 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23993 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23994 Here an example where a
23995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24006 denotes the set of numbers:
24007 \begin_inset Formula \[
24008 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24015 \begin_layout Standard
24016 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24027 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24031 \begin_inset Newline newline
24034 So better don't use this feature.
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24039 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24043 \begin_inset Newline newline
24046 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24052 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24053 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24059 \begin_layout Standard
24066 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24069 \begin_layout Standard
24070 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24075 \begin_inset space ~
24083 \begin_layout Subsection
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24100 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24104 \begin_inset space ~
24108 \begin_inset space ~
24116 \begin_inset space ~
24122 \begin_inset Graphics
24123 filename ../images/math/font.png
24127 (alternatively the shortcut
24130 \begin_inset space ~
24136 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24137 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24138 Here is an example:
24139 \begin_inset Formula \[
24141 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24142 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24149 \begin_layout Subsection
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24164 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24165 automatically chosen in most situations.
24183 For most characters,
24191 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24192 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24197 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24198 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24199 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24200 \begin_inset Graphics
24201 filename ../images/math/style.png
24206 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24207 For example, you can set
24208 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24211 , which is normally in
24220 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24224 The four styles are used in the following example:
24227 \begin_layout Standard
24228 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24232 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24236 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24240 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24248 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24252 \begin_inset space ~
24257 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24258 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24259 will be adjusted to correspond.
24260 As example a formula in the font size
24261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24275 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24281 \begin_layout Section
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24286 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24287 the document classes and into layout modules.
24291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24297 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24298 other than the AMS classes.
24300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 reference "sub:Modules"
24306 for more on layout modules.
24309 \begin_layout Section
24314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24333 \begin_layout Standard
24334 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24335 (AMS) that are in common use.
24338 \begin_layout Subsection
24339 Enabling AMS-Support
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 Selecting the checkbox
24346 \begin_inset space ~
24350 \begin_inset space ~
24354 \begin_inset space ~
24361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24369 Document ! Settings
24377 \begin_inset space ~
24382 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24384 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24385 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24388 \begin_layout Subsection
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24392 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24411 LyX allows you to choose between
24432 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24435 \begin_layout Chapter
24439 \begin_layout Section
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24453 name "sec:Cross-References"
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24462 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24464 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24465 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24466 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24469 \begin_layout Enumerate
24473 \begin_layout Enumerate
24474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24476 name "enu:Second-item"
24483 \begin_layout Enumerate
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24493 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24494 \begin_inset Graphics
24495 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24501 A grey label box like this:
24502 \begin_inset Graphics
24503 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24508 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24509 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24544 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24545 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24560 \begin_layout Standard
24561 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24566 or the toolbar button
24567 \begin_inset Graphics
24568 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24574 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24575 \begin_inset Graphics
24576 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24581 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24583 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24596 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24598 Here is our cross-reference:
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24603 \begin_inset space ~
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24609 reference "enu:Second-item"
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24617 It is recommended to use a protected space
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 described in section
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24629 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24638 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24642 \begin_layout Standard
24643 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24646 \begin_layout Description
24647 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24650 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24657 \begin_layout Description
24658 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24659 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24678 \begin_layout Description
24679 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24685 LatexCommand pageref
24686 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24693 \begin_layout Description
24695 \begin_inset space ~
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24702 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24704 LatexCommand vpageref
24705 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24712 \begin_layout Description
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24725 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24729 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24736 \begin_layout Description
24738 \begin_inset space ~
24741 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24742 \begin_inset Newline newline
24746 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24754 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24763 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24777 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24778 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24784 \begin_inset space ~
24788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24803 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24804 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24805 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24809 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 You can only use the style
24818 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24822 is always possible.
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24826 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24827 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24828 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24829 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24830 \begin_inset space ~
24834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24836 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24847 \begin_inset space ~
24851 \begin_inset space ~
24856 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24857 The button text changes then to
24860 \begin_inset space ~
24865 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24866 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24867 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24872 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24873 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24874 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24879 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 References are described in detail in the
24890 \begin_layout Section
24891 Table of Contents and other Listings
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24921 \begin_layout Subsection
24923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24925 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24933 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24936 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24938 \begin_inset space ~
24942 \begin_inset space ~
24948 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24949 If you click on it, the
24953 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24954 sections in your documents.
24955 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24960 that is described in sec.
24961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24967 reference "sec:Navigating"
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24976 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24984 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24988 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24996 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25000 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25002 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25005 \begin_layout Subsection
25006 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25009 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25016 \begin_layout Standard
25017 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25018 You can insert them via the
25020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25022 \begin_inset space ~
25026 \begin_inset space ~
25032 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25035 \begin_layout Section
25036 URLs and Hyperlinks
25040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25066 \begin_layout Subsection
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25071 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25081 \begin_inset Flex URL
25084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25101 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25106 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25114 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25122 \begin_layout Subsection
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25132 or with the toolbar button
25133 \begin_inset Graphics
25134 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25140 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25149 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25150 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25153 name "LyX's homepage"
25154 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25158 , an Email address like this:
25159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25161 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25162 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25167 , or a link to a file.
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25171 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25184 to the link target.
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25188 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25189 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25190 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25191 the text style dialog.
25192 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25198 name "LyX's homepage"
25199 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25211 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25213 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25214 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25218 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25220 \begin_inset Newline newline
25228 \begin_inset Newline newline
25235 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25238 \begin_layout Section
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25252 name "sec:Appendices"
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25260 Appendices are created with the menu
25262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25264 \begin_inset space ~
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25274 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25275 as appendix region.
25276 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25281 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25282 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25283 and the subsection number.
25284 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25290 \begin_inset space ~
25294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25296 reference "cha:Credits"
25301 \begin_inset space ~
25305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25307 reference "sub:Export"
25314 \begin_layout Section
25319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25328 name "sec:Bibliography"
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25337 You can include a bibliography database
25341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25342 Known under the name
25343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25355 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25357 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25361 , described in section
25362 \begin_inset space ~
25366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25368 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25380 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25382 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25391 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25393 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25402 , a short form of its title, as key.
25405 \begin_layout Standard
25406 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25411 or the toolbar button
25412 \begin_inset Graphics
25413 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25419 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25420 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25421 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25422 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25428 with surrounding brackets.
25433 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25434 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25449 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25452 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25454 key "latexcompanion"
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25463 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25472 \begin_layout Subsection
25473 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 Bibliography ! Databases
25487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25488 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25496 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25506 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25508 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25509 your working field in a database.
25510 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25511 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 The database is a text file with the file extension
25516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25527 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25528 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25531 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25536 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25538 \begin_inset Newline newline
25542 \begin_inset Flex URL
25545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25547 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25553 \begin_inset Newline newline
25556 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 To use a database, use the menu
25562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_inset space ~
25586 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25587 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25591 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25603 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25604 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25605 take care of the layout.
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25620 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25622 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25656 \begin_inset space ~
25662 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25678 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25679 the two methods of creating them.
25680 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25681 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25682 We used the style file
25686 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25689 \begin_layout Subsection
25690 Bibliography layout
25694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25695 Bibliography ! Layout
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25704 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25705 For this feature you need to use the option
25711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25719 Document ! Settings
25729 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25730 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25731 in the previous section.
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25735 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25736 in the citation reference window.
25737 Here an example where we set the text
25738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 \begin_inset space ~
25746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25749 to appear after the reference:
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25757 key "latexcompanion"
25764 \begin_layout Section
25769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25790 \begin_inset space ~
25795 or the toolbar button
25796 \begin_inset Graphics
25797 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25815 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25816 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25817 by LyX as index entry.
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25821 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25822 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25826 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25838 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25842 \begin_inset space ~
25846 \begin_inset space ~
25849 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25851 \begin_inset space ~
25857 A light blue box labeled
25858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25870 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25873 \begin_layout Subsection
25874 Grouping Index Entries
25878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25890 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25891 lists under the entry
25892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25900 First we create the entry
25901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25915 reference "sub:Lists"
25920 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25921 \begin_inset space ~
25925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25927 reference "sec:Itemize"
25931 , we insert the command
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 for the enumerated list in section
25952 \begin_inset space ~
25956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25958 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 The exclamation mark
25967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25974 marks the grouping levels.
25975 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25976 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25977 If we don't have an index entry for
25978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25985 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25988 \begin_layout Subsection
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 Index ! Page ranges
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26003 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26005 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26006 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26008 \begin_inset space ~
26012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26014 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26024 Paragraph environments|(
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 and another entry at the end of section
26029 \begin_inset space ~
26033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26035 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26045 Paragraph environments|)
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26073 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26074 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26075 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26076 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26077 An example is the index entry
26078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 Document ! Settings
26082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26088 \begin_layout Subsection
26093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26094 Index ! Cross referencing
26102 \begin_layout Standard
26103 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26104 We referred for example in the index entry
26105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26113 \begin_inset space ~
26117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26119 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26123 ) to the index entry
26124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26131 in the same section using the entry
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26137 GIF|see{Image formats}
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26142 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26143 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26146 \begin_layout Subsection
26151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26152 Index ! Entry order
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26162 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26163 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26168 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26170 \begin_inset space ~
26174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26176 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26185 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26186 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26215 Dummy entries ! maïs
26224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26225 Dummy entries ! maître
26234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26240 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26241 order maïs, maison, maître.
26242 To achieve this, we use the command
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26248 previous entry@current entry
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 In our case we want to have
26253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26268 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26278 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26279 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26283 \begin_layout Subsection
26288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26289 Index ! Entry layout
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26305 This is an italic dummy entry
26310 You can also format the page number using the character
26311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26318 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26319 We can write for example
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26325 italic page number:|textit
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 to get the page number in italic.
26333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26334 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26339 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26357 \begin_inset space ~
26363 Have a look at section
26364 \begin_inset space ~
26368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26370 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26374 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26378 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26386 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26390 to generate the index, see section
26391 \begin_inset space ~
26395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26397 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26406 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26407 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26409 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26412 key "latexcompanion"
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26425 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26427 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26428 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26429 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26430 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26431 If so, put the following in preamble
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26456 \begin_layout Standard
26457 into the index entry.
26461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26462 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26467 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26468 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26469 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26473 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26479 \begin_inset space ~
26482 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26483 for all index entries.
26484 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26496 documentation for details,
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26499 key "makeindex,xindy"
26506 \begin_layout Subsection
26511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26520 name "sub:Index-Program"
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26528 When the index entry program
26532 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26533 generation, otherwise the program
26537 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26538 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26539 dialog, see section
26540 \begin_inset space ~
26544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26546 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26551 The available options are listed and explained in
26552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26554 key "makeindex,xindy"
26559 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26562 \begin_layout Standard
26567 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26568 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26570 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26572 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26573 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26581 \begin_layout Section
26582 Nomenclature / Glossary
26586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26627 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26635 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26636 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26641 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26656 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26663 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26667 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26668 and then use the menu
26670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26676 \begin_inset space ~
26681 or the toolbar button
26682 \begin_inset Graphics
26683 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26701 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26706 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26707 The second is the description of the symbol.
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26719 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26727 \begin_layout Subsection
26728 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26733 Nomenclature ! Layout
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26742 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26746 field as LaTeX-formula.
26748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26752 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26760 \begin_inset Newline newline
26768 \begin_inset Newline newline
26774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26781 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26782 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26794 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26805 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26806 \begin_inset space ~
26810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26812 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26819 \begin_layout Standard
26823 \begin_inset space ~
26828 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26829 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26834 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26841 in this document is:
26842 \begin_inset Newline newline
26847 dummy entry for the character
26852 \begin_inset Newline newline
26864 \begin_inset space ~
26874 font use the command
26903 \begin_layout Subsection
26904 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26909 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26917 \begin_layout Standard
26918 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26919 the symbol definition.
26920 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26921 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26924 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26925 LatexCommand nomenclature
26927 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26934 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26938 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26939 LatexCommand nomenclature
26942 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26947 They will be sorted by
26948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26974 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26977 will be sorted before the
26981 since the character
26982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26989 is considered in sorting.
26992 \begin_layout Standard
26993 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26996 \begin_inset space ~
27001 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27002 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27004 For the given example, you can insert
27008 to this field for the
27009 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27016 will be located before
27017 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27024 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27029 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27038 \begin_layout Subsection
27039 Nomenclature Options
27043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27044 Nomenclature ! Options
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27057 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27058 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27061 \begin_layout Description
27062 refeq Appends the phrase
27063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27078 to every nomenclature entry, where
27084 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27087 \begin_layout Description
27088 refpage Appends the phrase
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27104 to every nomenclature entry, where
27110 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27113 \begin_layout Description
27114 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 There are furthermore the options
27162 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27168 class options list in the
27170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27174 In this document the options
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27193 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27194 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27199 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27202 \begin_layout Description
27212 \begin_layout Description
27215 nomrefpage Like the
27222 \begin_layout Description
27225 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27234 \begin_layout Description
27238 \begin_inset space ~
27244 \begin_inset space ~
27249 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27252 \begin_layout Subsection
27253 Printing the Nomenclature
27257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27258 Nomenclature ! Printing
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27267 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27271 \begin_inset space ~
27275 \begin_inset space ~
27278 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27282 A light blue box labeled
27283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27294 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27295 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27308 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27316 For example, in order to change the name to
27320 , add the following line to the preamble:
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27331 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27343 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27354 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27360 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27361 \begin_inset space ~
27365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27367 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27372 The default value is 1
27373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27379 \begin_layout Section
27384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27395 Document ! Branches
27401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27403 name "sec:Branches"
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27412 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27413 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27414 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27418 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27419 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27420 To create a branch, go in the
27422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27430 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27431 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27435 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27436 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27441 where you can choose a branch.
27442 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27447 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 \begin_inset Branch Question
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27468 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27485 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27487 For example you can define for the question branch
27491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27492 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27493 \begin_inset space ~
27497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27499 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27532 and for the answer branch
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 \begin_inset Branch Question
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27592 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27628 Now it is possible to use the commands
27632 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27639 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27642 to obtain conditional output.
27643 Here is an example formula where only the
27650 \begin_inset Formula \[
27651 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27660 \begin_inset space ~
27664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27666 reference "sec:math-macros"
27673 \begin_layout Section
27674 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27677 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27684 \begin_layout Subsection
27689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27698 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27707 constructs, but not all.
27708 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27709 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27710 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27711 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27712 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27719 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27723 \begin_inset space ~
27728 or by the toolbar button
27729 \begin_inset Graphics
27730 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27735 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27740 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27741 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27742 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27749 , you can write the command part
27755 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27759 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27760 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27761 the following example:
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27765 \begin_inset Graphics
27766 filename clipart/ERT.png
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27779 This is a line with a
27783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27807 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27815 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27816 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27824 \begin_layout Subsection
27825 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27826 \begin_inset OptArg
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27848 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27856 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27857 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27858 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27867 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27868 every time if you know the right commands.
27870 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27871 the end of the day.
27872 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27873 all caption labels bold.
27874 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27876 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27881 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27882 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27884 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 As result you know that the package
27902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27903 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27909 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27922 usepackage[options]{package name}
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27927 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27928 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 In your case the package name is
27937 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27942 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27943 So you add the command
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27951 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27960 For more commands provided by the
27964 package, have a look at its documentation,
27965 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27982 For example if you use a
27986 class, you don't need the package
27990 , you can instead write
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27998 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28005 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28006 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28013 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28018 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28020 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28021 the previous section.
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28025 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28027 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28029 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28037 \begin_layout Section
28038 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28051 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28069 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28070 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28071 to break your train of thought with
28073 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28081 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28090 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28095 as explained below, and turn on
28098 \begin_inset space ~
28105 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28111 \begin_inset space ~
28115 \begin_inset space ~
28118 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28125 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28127 Previews of an already loaded document are
28131 generated just by selecting the
28134 \begin_inset space ~
28139 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28142 \begin_layout Standard
28143 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28144 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28147 \begin_inset space ~
28152 check box in the insert dialog.
28153 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28162 (on some systems named simply
28167 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28175 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28176 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28184 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28200 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28202 \begin_inset space ~
28207 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28208 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28210 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28211 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28212 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28213 the source view window.
28216 \begin_layout Section
28218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28220 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28238 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28239 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28256 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28262 can be seen as successor of
28266 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28271 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28272 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28281 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28282 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28289 \begin_layout Standard
28292 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28295 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28296 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28297 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28298 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28299 scrolled so that it is visible.
28304 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28306 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28310 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28311 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28322 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28323 will bring an error message.
28324 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28325 specifying a different
28327 Alternative language
28329 in preferences dialog.
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28333 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28336 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28341 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28342 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28344 But you can use the
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28351 \begin_inset space ~
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28361 This does work with
28365 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28368 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28377 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28380 \begin_layout Description
28382 \begin_inset space ~
28385 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28386 should consider, e.g.
28387 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28388 This should not normally be needed.
28391 \begin_layout Description
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28396 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28397 as your personal dictionary
28400 \begin_layout Description
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28409 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28421 \begin_layout Description
28423 \begin_inset space ~
28427 \begin_inset space ~
28430 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28432 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 also for the spellchecker.
28443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28444 The encodings are explained in section
28445 \begin_inset space ~
28449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28451 reference "sub:Settings"
28460 Only enable this if you use
28464 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28465 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28466 so this is disabled by default.
28469 \begin_layout Section
28474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28483 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28490 \begin_layout Standard
28491 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28498 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28501 or the toolbar button
28502 \begin_inset Graphics
28503 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28505 rotateOrigin center
28510 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28516 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28517 cases to find related words.
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28521 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28523 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28531 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28540 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28559 \begin_layout Section
28564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28575 Document ! Change Tracking
28581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28583 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28592 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28593 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28594 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28598 \begin_inset space ~
28601 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28603 \begin_inset space ~
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28612 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28621 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28624 \begin_inset space ~
28628 \begin_inset space ~
28641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28651 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 \begin_inset Graphics
28673 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28680 \begin_layout Standard
28681 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28687 \begin_layout Standard
28688 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28692 \begin_layout Standard
28693 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset Tabular
28701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28702 <features islongtable="true">
28703 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28704 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28710 \begin_inset Graphics
28711 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28713 rotateOrigin center
28722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28730 \begin_inset space ~
28733 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28735 \begin_inset space ~
28744 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28749 \begin_inset Graphics
28750 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28751 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28752 rotateOrigin center
28761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28767 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28772 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28774 \begin_inset space ~
28778 \begin_inset space ~
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28796 \begin_inset Graphics
28797 filename ../images/change-next.png
28798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28799 rotateOrigin center
28808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28812 Jumps to the next change
28818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28823 \begin_inset Graphics
28824 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28826 rotateOrigin center
28835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28846 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28848 \begin_inset space ~
28857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28862 \begin_inset Graphics
28863 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28865 rotateOrigin center
28874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28882 \begin_inset space ~
28885 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28887 \begin_inset space ~
28896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28901 \begin_inset Graphics
28902 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28904 rotateOrigin center
28913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28921 \begin_inset space ~
28924 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28926 \begin_inset space ~
28935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28940 \begin_inset Graphics
28941 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28943 rotateOrigin center
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28960 \begin_inset space ~
28963 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28965 \begin_inset space ~
28969 \begin_inset space ~
28978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28983 \begin_inset Graphics
28984 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28986 rotateOrigin center
28995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29003 \begin_inset space ~
29006 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29008 \begin_inset space ~
29012 \begin_inset space ~
29021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29026 \begin_inset Graphics
29027 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29029 rotateOrigin center
29038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29045 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29047 \begin_inset space ~
29056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29061 \begin_inset Graphics
29062 filename ../images/note-next.png
29063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29064 rotateOrigin center
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29081 \begin_inset space ~
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29105 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29106 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29107 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29108 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29109 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29110 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29111 step to the next change.
29112 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29116 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29117 to describe a change.
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29121 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29136 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29137 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29143 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29146 \begin_layout Section
29147 International Support
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 International support
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29161 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29162 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29163 how to set up LyX to use them:
29164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29166 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29173 \begin_layout Standard
29174 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29175 \begin_inset space ~
29179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29181 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29188 \begin_layout Subsection
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29204 Document ! Settings
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 Document ! Language
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29228 dialog lets you set
29230 the language and character encoding for your language.
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29235 Choose your language in the
29239 section of this dialog.
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29252 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29256 use language's default encoding
29258 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29259 For details about the different encoding options see section
29260 \begin_inset space ~
29264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29266 reference "sub:Settings"
29273 \begin_layout Subsection
29274 Keyboard mapping configuration
29275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29277 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29284 \begin_layout Standard
29285 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29286 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29287 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29288 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29289 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29291 \begin_inset space ~
29295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29297 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29302 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29303 which one you want to use.
29306 \begin_layout Standard
29307 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29308 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29309 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29310 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29311 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29312 one to support the characters you want.
29313 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29320 \begin_layout Subsection
29322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29333 \begin_inset space ~
29337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29339 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29348 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29353 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29354 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29362 \begin_layout Itemize
29363 Even if you have selected
29369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29372 dialog, users who have only the
29376 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29380 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29381 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29382 french quotes won't show up.
29385 \begin_layout Standard
29386 \begin_inset Float table
29391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 \begin_inset Caption
29394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29397 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 \begin_inset Tabular
29416 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29434 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 \begin_layout Standard
33848 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33850 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33851 also the characters from
33863 \begin_layout Itemize
33872 \begin_layout Standard
33873 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33880 \begin_layout Standard
33881 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33882 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33896 \begin_layout Standard
33897 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33898 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33904 \begin_layout Standard
33906 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33912 \begin_layout Standard
33914 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33920 \begin_layout Standard
33922 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33929 \begin_layout Itemize
33942 \begin_layout Standard
33944 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33974 \begin_layout Standard
33976 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33982 \begin_layout Standard
33984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33991 \begin_layout Standard
33992 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33993 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33994 Also make sure you're using the
34001 \begin_layout Chapter
34004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34006 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34013 \begin_layout Standard
34014 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34015 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34016 inside the user's guide.
34019 \begin_layout Section
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 \begin_layout Standard
34038 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34039 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34042 \begin_layout Subsection
34046 \begin_layout Standard
34047 Creates a new document.
34050 \begin_layout Subsection
34054 \begin_layout Standard
34055 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34056 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34057 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34060 \begin_layout Subsection
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34068 \begin_layout Subsection
34072 \begin_layout Standard
34073 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34074 Click there on a file to open it.
34077 \begin_layout Subsection
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34082 Closes the current document.
34085 \begin_layout Subsection
34089 \begin_layout Standard
34090 Saves the actual document.
34093 \begin_layout Subsection
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34098 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34101 \begin_layout Subsection
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34106 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34109 \begin_layout Subsection
34113 \begin_layout Standard
34114 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34115 It is described in the section
34117 Version Control in LyX
34122 \begin_inset space ~
34130 \begin_layout Subsection
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
34136 text files (ASCII-files).
34137 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34141 When using the menu
34144 \begin_inset space ~
34148 \begin_inset space ~
34153 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34154 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34155 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34156 will start a new paragraph.
34159 \begin_layout Subsection
34161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34170 \begin_layout Standard
34171 You can export your document to various file formats.
34172 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34173 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34174 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34177 \begin_layout Standard
34178 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34180 \begin_inset space ~
34184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34186 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34193 \begin_layout Description
34197 \begin_inset space ~
34202 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34203 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34206 \begin_layout Description
34214 \begin_layout Description
34215 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34219 \begin_layout Description
34221 \begin_inset space ~
34225 \begin_inset space ~
34228 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34232 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34240 \begin_layout Description
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 \begin_inset space ~
34260 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34261 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34265 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34268 \begin_layout Description
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34283 \begin_inset space ~
34288 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34289 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34297 \begin_layout Description
34299 \begin_inset space ~
34302 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34310 is replaced by the version number)
34313 \begin_layout Description
34314 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34327 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34331 \begin_layout Description
34336 PDF-format using the program
34341 \begin_layout Description
34345 \begin_inset space ~
34350 PDF-format using the program
34355 \begin_layout Description
34359 \begin_inset space ~
34364 PDF-format using the program
34369 \begin_layout Description
34373 \begin_inset space ~
34381 \begin_layout Description
34385 \begin_inset space ~
34389 \begin_inset space ~
34394 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34395 and then exported as text using the program
34400 \begin_layout Description
34405 PostScript format using the program
34410 \begin_layout Description
34418 \begin_layout Standard
34423 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34424 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34430 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34433 \begin_layout Standard
34434 If one of the menu entries
34441 \begin_inset space ~
34450 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34451 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34452 \begin_inset space ~
34456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34458 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34467 Reconfiguration of LyX
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34480 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34481 the export program.
34484 \begin_layout Subsection
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34489 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34490 or send it to a printer.
34491 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34492 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34498 For more informations have a look at section
34499 \begin_inset space ~
34503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34505 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34512 \begin_layout Subsection
34513 New and Close Window
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34517 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34518 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34521 \begin_layout Section
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 \begin_layout Subsection
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34540 Described in section
34541 \begin_inset space ~
34545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34547 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34555 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 Described in section
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34566 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34573 \begin_layout Subsection
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34578 Selects the whole document.
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 Described in section
34587 \begin_inset space ~
34591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34593 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34601 Move paragraph Up/Down
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34609 \begin_layout Subsection
34613 \begin_layout Standard
34614 Described in section
34615 \begin_inset space ~
34619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34621 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34628 \begin_layout Subsection
34633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 Paragraph ! Settings
34642 \begin_layout Standard
34643 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34645 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34649 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34650 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34659 \begin_inset space ~
34667 \begin_layout Subsection
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34673 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34674 The properties of tables are described in section
34675 \begin_inset space ~
34679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34681 reference "sec:Tables"
34685 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34686 \begin_inset space ~
34690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34692 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34699 \begin_layout Subsection
34700 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34703 \begin_layout Standard
34704 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34706 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34707 \begin_inset space ~
34711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34713 reference "sec:Nesting"
34718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34720 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34727 \begin_layout Section
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 \begin_layout Standard
34746 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34747 document with an external program.
34748 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34749 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34750 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34751 \begin_inset space ~
34755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34757 reference "sub:Export"
34762 You should at least see the menu entries
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34775 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34776 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34777 \begin_inset space ~
34781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34783 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 Reconfiguration of LyX
34800 \begin_layout Standard
34801 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34802 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34803 \begin_inset space ~
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34814 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34817 \begin_layout Standard
34818 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34821 At the bottom of the
34825 menu the opened documents are listed.
34828 \begin_layout Subsection
34832 \begin_layout Standard
34833 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34835 \begin_inset space ~
34839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34841 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34848 \begin_layout Subsection
34852 \begin_layout Standard
34853 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34854 opening a new view window.
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34861 name "sub:Toolbars"
34869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34878 \begin_layout Standard
34879 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34880 All toolbars and the
34883 \begin_inset space ~
34888 can be turned on and off.
34893 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34905 \begin_inset space ~
34914 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34918 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34925 \begin_layout Standard
34930 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34934 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34935 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34936 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34937 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34938 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34943 \begin_inset space ~
34947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34949 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34956 \begin_layout Section
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 \begin_layout Subsection
34974 \begin_layout Standard
34975 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34976 \begin_inset space ~
34980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34982 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34993 name "sub:Special-Character"
35000 \begin_layout Standard
35001 Here you can insert the following characters:
35004 \begin_layout Description
35005 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35009 \begin_layout Description
35011 \begin_inset space ~
35015 \begin_inset space ~
35018 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35019 \begin_inset space ~
35023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35025 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35032 \begin_layout Description
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35037 Quote Inserts this quote:
35038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35041 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35053 \begin_layout Description
35055 \begin_inset space ~
35058 Quote Inserts this quote:
35059 \begin_inset Quotes els
35065 \begin_layout Description
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35070 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35074 \begin_layout Description
35076 \begin_inset space ~
35083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35094 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35099 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35100 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35101 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35116 \begin_inset Newline newline
35119 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35123 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35131 and this Wiki-page:
35132 \begin_inset Newline newline
35136 \begin_inset Flex URL
35139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35149 \begin_layout Subsection
35153 \begin_layout Standard
35154 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35157 \begin_layout Description
35158 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35159 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35165 \begin_layout Description
35166 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35167 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35173 \begin_layout Description
35175 \begin_inset space ~
35178 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35179 \begin_inset space ~
35183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35185 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35192 \begin_layout Description
35194 \begin_inset space ~
35197 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35198 \begin_inset space ~
35202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35204 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35211 \begin_layout Description
35213 \begin_inset space ~
35216 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35217 \begin_inset space ~
35221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35223 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35230 \begin_layout Description
35232 \begin_inset space ~
35235 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35236 \begin_inset space ~
35240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35242 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35249 \begin_layout Description
35251 \begin_inset space ~
35254 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35255 \begin_inset space ~
35259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35261 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35268 \begin_layout Description
35270 \begin_inset space ~
35273 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35280 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35287 \begin_layout Description
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35292 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35293 \begin_inset space ~
35297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35299 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35306 \begin_layout Description
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35311 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35312 \begin_inset space ~
35316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35318 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35325 \begin_layout Description
35327 \begin_inset space ~
35330 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35337 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35344 \begin_layout Description
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35349 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35356 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35363 \begin_layout Description
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35368 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35369 \begin_inset space ~
35373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35375 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35382 \begin_layout Description
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35391 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35392 \begin_inset space ~
35396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35398 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35405 \begin_layout Subsection
35409 \begin_layout Standard
35410 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35411 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35413 \begin_inset space ~
35417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35419 reference "sec:toc"
35424 The index list is described in section
35425 \begin_inset space ~
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35431 reference "sec:Index"
35435 , the nomenclature in section
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35442 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35446 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35447 \begin_inset space ~
35451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35453 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35460 \begin_layout Subsection
35464 \begin_layout Standard
35465 To insert floats, described in section
35466 \begin_inset space ~
35470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35472 reference "sec:Floats"
35479 \begin_layout Subsection
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35484 To insert notes, described in section
35485 \begin_inset space ~
35489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35491 reference "sec:Notes"
35498 \begin_layout Subsection
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sec:Branches"
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35533 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35544 \begin_layout Subsection
35549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35558 \begin_layout Standard
35559 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sec:Minipages"
35571 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35582 \begin_layout Subsection
35586 \begin_layout Standard
35587 Inserts a citation as described in section
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35594 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35606 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35607 \begin_inset space ~
35611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35613 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35620 \begin_layout Subsection
35624 \begin_layout Standard
35625 Inserts a label as described in section
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35632 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35639 \begin_layout Subsection
35644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 Longtables ! Caption
35663 \begin_layout Standard
35664 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35665 Floats are described in section
35666 \begin_inset space ~
35670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35672 reference "sec:Floats"
35676 , cations in longtables are described in section
35687 \begin_layout Subsection
35691 \begin_layout Standard
35692 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sec:Index"
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Tables are described in section
35732 \begin_inset space ~
35736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35738 reference "sec:Tables"
35745 \begin_layout Subsection
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35751 Graphics are described in section
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35758 reference "sec:Graphics"
35765 \begin_layout Subsection
35769 \begin_layout Standard
35770 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35771 \begin_inset space ~
35775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35777 reference "sec:URL"
35784 \begin_layout Subsection
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Inserts a footnote, see section
35790 \begin_inset space ~
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35796 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35803 \begin_layout Subsection
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35809 \begin_inset space ~
35813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35815 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35822 \begin_layout Subsection
35826 \begin_layout Standard
35827 Inserts a short title, see section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35841 \begin_layout Subsection
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35847 \begin_inset space ~
35851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35853 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35860 \begin_layout Subsection
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 \begin_layout Standard
35875 Inserts a program listings box.
35876 Program listings are explained in chapter
35878 Program Code Listings
35887 \begin_layout Subsection
35891 \begin_layout Standard
35892 Inserts the actual date.
35893 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35895 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35905 There the different methods are also compared.
35908 \begin_layout Section
35913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 \begin_layout Standard
35923 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35924 the current document.
35925 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35928 \begin_layout Standard
35929 The Navigate menu also offers to
35932 \begin_layout Subsection
35936 \begin_layout Standard
35937 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35938 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35941 \begin_inset space ~
35945 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35946 \begin_inset space ~
35949 2.5 and use the menu
35952 \begin_inset space ~
35956 \begin_inset space ~
35963 \begin_inset space ~
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35979 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35991 \begin_layout Standard
35992 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35993 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35996 \begin_layout Subsection
35997 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36001 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36005 \begin_layout Subsection
36009 \begin_layout Standard
36010 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36011 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36012 on a cross-reference box.
36015 \begin_layout Section
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 \begin_layout Subsection
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 Change Tracking is described in section
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36041 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36048 \begin_layout Subsection
36053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 \begin_layout Standard
36064 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36066 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36070 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36075 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36078 \begin_layout Subsection
36082 \begin_layout Standard
36083 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36084 \begin_inset space ~
36088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36090 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36097 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 Start Appendix Here
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36103 position as described in section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sec:Appendices"
36117 \begin_layout Subsection
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 Un/compresses the actual document.
36125 \begin_layout Subsection
36127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36129 name "sub:Settings"
36137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 Document ! Settings
36146 \begin_layout Standard
36147 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36149 You can save your document settings as default with the
36151 Save as Document Defaults
36153 button in the dialog.
36154 This will create a template named
36158 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36162 \begin_layout Standard
36163 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36166 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36171 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36172 Document classes are described in section
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36184 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36189 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36190 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36193 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 The document font settings are described in section
36199 \begin_inset space ~
36203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36205 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36212 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36219 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36223 \begin_layout Standard
36224 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36225 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36226 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36229 \begin_layout Standard
36230 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36238 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 A description of this menu is given in section
36244 \begin_inset space ~
36248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36250 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36257 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36264 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36268 \begin_layout Standard
36269 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36276 reference "sub:Margins"
36283 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 Language ! Encoding
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36298 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36299 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36300 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36301 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36302 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36303 known for a particular character).
36307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36308 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36309 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36314 manual for details.
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36323 If you use the option
36325 use language's default encoding
36327 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36329 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36330 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36331 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36332 exactly one encoding.
36333 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36342 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36343 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36345 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36361 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36362 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36363 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36364 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36365 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36366 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36369 use language's default encoding
36371 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36372 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36373 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36380 \begin_layout Description
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36387 use language's default encoding
36389 , but the LaTeX-package
36397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36398 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36404 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36405 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36406 languages in TeX code.
36409 \begin_layout Description
36410 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36413 \begin_layout Description
36414 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36415 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36418 \begin_layout Description
36419 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36422 \begin_layout Description
36423 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36426 \begin_layout Description
36427 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36430 \begin_layout Description
36431 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36434 \begin_layout Description
36435 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36438 \begin_layout Description
36439 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36440 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36443 \begin_layout Description
36444 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36445 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36448 \begin_layout Description
36449 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36452 \begin_layout Description
36453 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36456 \begin_layout Description
36457 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36460 \begin_layout Description
36461 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36464 \begin_layout Description
36465 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36466 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36467 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36471 \begin_layout Description
36472 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36473 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36476 \begin_layout Description
36477 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36481 \begin_layout Description
36482 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36485 \begin_layout Description
36486 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36487 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36490 \begin_layout Description
36491 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36492 the euro currency sign, the
36496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36506 be the replacement for latin1
36509 \begin_layout Description
36510 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36513 \begin_layout Description
36514 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36529 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36533 \begin_layout Description
36534 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36548 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36551 \begin_layout Description
36552 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36561 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36566 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36569 \begin_layout Description
36570 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36574 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36598 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36605 \begin_inset space ~
36609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36611 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36618 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36632 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36652 For a further description see section
36653 \begin_inset space ~
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36659 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36666 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36671 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36699 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36707 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36708 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36716 is used for special integral characters.
36719 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36723 \begin_layout Standard
36724 The float placement options are described in section
36725 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36731 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36738 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36743 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36744 The itemize environment is described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sec:Itemize"
36758 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 Branches are described in section
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36770 reference "sec:Branches"
36777 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 \begin_layout Standard
36793 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36794 to define LaTeX-commands.
36795 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36796 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36802 \begin_inset space ~
36806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36808 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36815 \begin_layout Section
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36829 \begin_layout Subsection
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36834 Spell checking is explained in section
36835 \begin_inset space ~
36839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36841 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36848 \begin_layout Subsection
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 The thesaurus is described in section
36854 \begin_inset space ~
36858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36860 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36867 \begin_layout Subsection
36872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36882 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36886 \begin_layout Subsection
36891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36900 \begin_layout Standard
36901 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36904 \begin_layout Subsection
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 Reconfiguration of LyX
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36942 Reconfiguration of LyX
36950 \begin_layout Standard
36951 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36952 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36953 \begin_inset space ~
36957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36959 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36966 \begin_layout Subsection
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36978 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36985 \begin_layout Section
36990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37000 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37004 \begin_layout Standard
37008 \begin_inset space ~
37013 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37014 found by LyX (see also section
37015 \begin_inset space ~
37019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37021 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37028 \begin_layout Section
37030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37032 name "sec:Toolbars"
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37041 \begin_inset space ~
37045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37047 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37055 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37056 This is described in the
37063 \begin_layout Subsection
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 \begin_layout Standard
37078 \begin_inset Graphics
37079 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37087 \begin_layout Standard
37088 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37094 \begin_layout Standard
37095 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 \begin_inset Note Note
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37116 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37121 manual for more information.
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37130 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37136 \begin_layout Standard
37137 \begin_inset Tabular
37138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37139 <features islongtable="true">
37140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 \begin_inset Graphics
37148 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37175 \begin_layout Standard
37176 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37182 \begin_layout Standard
37184 \begin_inset Tabular
37185 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37186 <features islongtable="true">
37187 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37188 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37196 \begin_inset Graphics
37197 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37198 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 \begin_inset Graphics
37226 filename ../images/file-open.png
37227 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37254 \begin_inset Graphics
37255 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 \begin_inset Graphics
37284 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37285 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 \begin_inset Graphics
37313 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 \begin_inset Graphics
37342 filename ../images/undo.png
37343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 \begin_inset Graphics
37371 filename ../images/redo.png
37372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37394 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 \begin_inset Graphics
37400 filename ../images/cut.png
37401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 \begin_inset Graphics
37429 filename ../images/copy.png
37430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37445 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 \begin_inset Graphics
37458 filename ../images/paste.png
37459 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 \begin_inset Graphics
37487 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37489 rotateOrigin center
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 \begin_inset Graphics
37525 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37541 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37543 \begin_inset space ~
37554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 \begin_inset Graphics
37560 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37576 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37578 \begin_inset space ~
37589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 \begin_inset Graphics
37595 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 Formats text using the current settings in the
37611 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37613 \begin_inset space ~
37624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 \begin_inset Graphics
37630 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37647 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37649 \begin_inset space ~
37658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 \begin_inset Graphics
37664 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37666 rotateOrigin center
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 \begin_inset Graphics
37694 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37696 rotateOrigin center
37705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37723 \begin_inset Graphics
37724 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37726 rotateOrigin center
37735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 Toggle outline window on/off,
37741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 \begin_inset Graphics
37754 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37756 rotateOrigin center
37765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 \begin_inset Graphics
37781 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37783 rotateOrigin center
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37809 \begin_layout Subsection
37814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 \begin_layout Standard
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37833 \begin_layout Standard
37834 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37840 \begin_layout Standard
37841 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37846 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 \begin_inset Tabular
37854 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37855 <features islongtable="true">
37856 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37857 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 \begin_inset Graphics
37864 filename ../images/layout.png
37865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37866 rotateOrigin center
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37893 rotateOrigin center
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 \begin_inset Graphics
37918 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37920 rotateOrigin center
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 \begin_inset Graphics
37945 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37947 rotateOrigin center
37956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37971 \begin_inset Graphics
37972 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37974 rotateOrigin center
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 \begin_inset Graphics
37999 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38001 rotateOrigin center
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38018 \begin_inset space ~
38022 \begin_inset space ~
38031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 \begin_inset Graphics
38037 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38039 rotateOrigin center
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38056 \begin_inset space ~
38060 \begin_inset space ~
38069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 \begin_inset Graphics
38075 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38092 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38104 \begin_inset Graphics
38105 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38122 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38134 \begin_inset Graphics
38135 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 \begin_inset Graphics
38164 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 \begin_inset Graphics
38193 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38221 \begin_inset Graphics
38222 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38240 \begin_inset space ~
38249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 \begin_inset Graphics
38255 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38273 \begin_inset space ~
38282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset Graphics
38288 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 \begin_inset Graphics
38317 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38319 rotateOrigin center
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38368 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 \begin_inset Graphics
38385 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38413 \begin_inset Graphics
38414 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 \begin_inset Graphics
38443 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 \begin_inset Graphics
38487 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38504 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38506 \begin_inset space ~
38515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 \begin_inset Graphics
38521 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38523 rotateOrigin center
38532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38538 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38540 \begin_inset space ~
38549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 \begin_inset Graphics
38555 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38557 rotateOrigin center
38566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38572 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38591 rotateOrigin center
38600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38606 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38620 \begin_layout Subsection
38621 View / Update Toolbar
38625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38626 Toolbar ! View / Update
38634 \begin_layout Standard
38635 \begin_inset Graphics
38636 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38643 \begin_layout Standard
38644 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38650 \begin_layout Standard
38651 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 \begin_inset Tabular
38664 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38665 <features islongtable="true">
38666 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38667 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38673 \begin_inset Graphics
38674 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38676 rotateOrigin center
38685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38703 \begin_inset Graphics
38704 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38706 rotateOrigin center
38715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38721 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38722 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38734 \begin_inset Graphics
38735 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38736 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38737 rotateOrigin center
38746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38764 \begin_inset Graphics
38765 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38767 rotateOrigin center
38776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38783 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38789 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38790 functionality is merged with
38792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 \begin_inset Graphics
38813 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38815 rotateOrigin center
38824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38830 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38842 \begin_inset Graphics
38843 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38845 rotateOrigin center
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38860 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38861 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38875 \begin_layout Subsection
38879 \begin_layout Standard
38880 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38887 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38891 , the table toolbar
38895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 is explained in the
38908 \begin_layout Chapter
38914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38916 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38933 \begin_layout Standard
38934 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38936 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38939 \begin_layout Section
38943 \begin_layout Subsection
38945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38956 Customization ! of toolbars
38965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38966 Customization ! of menus
38974 \begin_layout Standard
38975 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38992 User Interface File
38996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38997 Customization ! of toolbars
39006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39007 Customization ! of menus
39015 \begin_layout Standard
39016 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39017 interface (ui) file.
39018 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39019 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39028 Both files are loaded by the
39033 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39034 files and edit the entries.
39037 \begin_layout Standard
39038 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39050 entries must be ended with an explicit
39075 and in the case of the
39076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39088 The syntax for the entries is:
39091 \begin_layout Standard
39092 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39120 \begin_layout Standard
39122 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39125 All LyX-functions are listed in
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39135 \begin_layout Standard
39136 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39142 \begin_layout Standard
39143 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39145 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39148 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39152 \begin_layout Standard
39153 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39158 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39161 \begin_layout Standard
39163 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39166 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39183 \begin_layout Standard
39184 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39185 Several binding files are available:
39188 \begin_layout Description
39189 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39192 \begin_layout Description
39193 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39204 \begin_layout Description
39205 mac.bind set of bindings for
39208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39216 \begin_layout Standard
39217 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39221 , and bind files for special languages.
39222 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39232 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 Some bind-files, like
39241 , have only a small scope.
39242 When looking at the the end of the file
39246 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39249 \begin_layout Standard
39250 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39251 s with a text editor.
39252 The syntax of the entries is:
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39279 \begin_layout Standard
39280 All LyX-functions are listed in
39281 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39305 restore window size, or use fixed size
39307 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39322 restore window position
39324 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39330 Restore cursor positions
39332 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39336 \begin_layout Standard
39339 Load opened files from last session
39341 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39348 name "sub:Backup documents"
39356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39365 \begin_layout Standard
39370 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39378 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39395 \begin_layout Standard
39398 Cursor follows scrollbar
39400 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39408 \begin_layout Standard
39411 Enable Pixmap Cache
39413 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39414 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39415 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39416 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39418 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_layout Subsection
39430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39439 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39447 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39450 \begin_layout Standard
39451 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39459 This section only deals with the fonts
39464 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39468 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39479 \begin_layout Standard
39480 By default, LyX uses
39484 as roman (serif) font,
39492 (depends on the system) as
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39512 You can change the font size with the
39519 \begin_layout Standard
39524 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39525 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39530 points have the size of 1
39531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39535 \begin_inset space ~
39539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39541 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39548 \begin_layout Standard
39553 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39554 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39558 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39565 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39572 \begin_layout Subsection
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 \begin_layout Standard
39597 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39598 Choose an item in the list and use the
39605 \begin_layout Subsection
39610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39611 Settings ! Graphics
39619 \begin_layout Standard
39620 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39623 \begin_layout Standard
39628 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39629 This feature is described in section
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39636 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39643 \begin_layout Subsection
39648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39667 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39674 \begin_layout Standard
39675 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39676 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39686 can use the keyboard map file named
39693 \begin_layout Standard
39694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39702 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39710 \begin_layout Section
39715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39726 Settings ! Directory
39734 \begin_layout Description
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39739 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39740 It is the default when you
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39759 \begin_layout Description
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39766 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_layout Description
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39795 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39796 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39803 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39811 will be used to save the backups.
39812 \begin_inset Newline newline
39815 The backup files have the ending
39816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39826 \begin_layout Description
39831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39838 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39839 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39840 \begin_inset Newline newline
39844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39852 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39860 \begin_layout Description
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39865 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39868 \begin_layout Description
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39873 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39874 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39875 to find it on the system.
39876 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39877 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39886 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39887 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39891 \begin_layout Section
39895 \begin_layout Standard
39896 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39897 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39905 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39909 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39912 \begin_layout Section
39917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39918 Language ! Settings
39927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39928 Settings ! Language
39936 \begin_layout Subsection
39940 \begin_layout Description
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39945 language is the language used in new documents
39948 \begin_layout Description
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39953 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39955 The default is the LaTeX-command
39961 that loads the package
39969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39970 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39971 \begin_inset space ~
39975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39977 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
39987 \begin_inset Newline newline
39994 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39995 the document language.
39996 A text label is for instance the word
39997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40004 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40007 \begin_layout Description
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40012 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40013 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40014 An example is the start command
40020 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40025 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40040 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40045 \begin_layout Description
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40055 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40056 command toggles the package on and off.
40059 \begin_layout Description
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40071 \begin_layout Description
40072 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40073 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40074 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40075 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40087 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40089 When this option is not set, the
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40097 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40098 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_layout Description
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40123 When it is not set, the
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40131 is set to the end of the document.
40134 \begin_layout Description
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40143 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40144 language will be underlined blue.
40147 \begin_layout Description
40149 \begin_inset space ~
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40157 \begin_inset space ~
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40164 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40168 \begin_layout Subsection
40172 \begin_layout Standard
40173 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40174 \begin_inset space ~
40178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40180 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40187 \begin_layout Section
40191 \begin_layout Subsection
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 \begin_layout Description
40224 \begin_inset space ~
40227 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40228 The name will be used when the
40233 \begin_inset Newline newline
40237 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40245 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40254 \begin_layout Description
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40267 printer This option works only for the
40272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40284 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40285 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40288 \begin_layout Description
40290 \begin_inset space ~
40293 command is the command LyX
40294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40301 LaTeX uses for printing.
40302 The default is on most systems
40309 \begin_layout Description
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40315 \begin_inset space ~
40318 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40319 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40320 of the program that provides the
40327 \begin_layout Subsection
40332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40343 Settings ! Date format
40351 \begin_layout Standard
40352 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40353 \begin_inset Newline newline
40357 \begin_inset Flex URL
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40368 \begin_inset Newline newline
40371 For example the format
40372 \begin_inset Newline newline
40376 \begin_inset Newline newline
40379 prints the date as day/month/year.
40382 \begin_layout Subsection
40386 \begin_layout Description
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40395 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40398 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40399 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40401 \begin_inset space ~
40407 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40411 \begin_layout Description
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40416 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40421 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40422 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40425 \begin_layout Subsection
40430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40440 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40449 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40457 \begin_layout Description
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 \begin_inset space ~
40473 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40478 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40500 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40513 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40514 LyX sets up in the background.
40515 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40518 \begin_layout Description
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40524 \begin_inset space ~
40527 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40532 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40535 \begin_layout Description
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40541 \begin_inset space ~
40545 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_inset space ~
40553 \begin_inset space ~
40557 \begin_inset space ~
40560 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40565 dialog when changing the document class.
40568 \begin_layout Standard
40571 External Applications
40573 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40574 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40575 manuals of the applications.
40576 Currently the following commands can be set:
40579 \begin_layout Description
40584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 \begin_inset space ~
40595 command Command for the program
40599 that is described in section
40610 \begin_layout Description
40615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 \begin_inset space ~
40626 command Command for the program
40630 that generates the bibliography, see section
40631 \begin_inset space ~
40635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40637 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40644 \begin_layout Description
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40649 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40656 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40663 \begin_layout Description
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40680 options They only have an effect when the program
40684 is used as DVI-viewer.
40687 \begin_layout Subsection
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40716 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40719 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40721 uses the Windows path style:
40724 \begin_layout Standard
40732 \begin_layout Standard
40733 instead of the Unix path style:
40736 \begin_layout Standard
40740 \begin_layout Section
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40754 \begin_layout Standard
40755 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40756 from one format to another.
40757 You can modify them or create new ones.
40758 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40775 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40779 \begin_inset space ~
40784 drop-down list, modify the
40788 field, and press the
40795 \begin_layout Standard
40798 Converter File Cache
40800 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40803 Maximum Age (in days
40806 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40807 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40811 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40812 the converter definition, is described in section
40823 \begin_layout Section
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40837 name "sec:File-Formats"
40844 \begin_layout Standard
40845 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40846 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40848 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40856 \begin_inset space ~
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40869 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40870 is described in section
40881 \begin_layout Section
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 \begin_layout Standard
40896 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40897 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40898 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40899 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40900 This is done by a Copier.
40903 \begin_layout Standard
40904 More about converters is described in section
40915 \begin_layout Chapter
40916 Units available in LyX
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40929 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40936 \begin_layout Standard
40937 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40940 reference "cap:Units"
40944 explains all units available in LyX.
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40948 \begin_inset Float table
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 \begin_inset Caption
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 \begin_inset Tabular
40982 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41136 scaled point (65536
41137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41197 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41252 % of original image width
41259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41466 \begin_layout Chapter
41468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41477 \begin_layout Standard
41478 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41479 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41482 \begin_layout Itemize
41485 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41488 \begin_layout Itemize
41494 \begin_layout Itemize
41500 \begin_layout Itemize
41506 \begin_layout Itemize
41512 \begin_layout Itemize
41518 \begin_layout Itemize
41524 \begin_layout Itemize
41530 \begin_layout Itemize
41533 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41536 \begin_layout Itemize
41542 \begin_layout Itemize
41548 \begin_layout Itemize
41554 \begin_layout Itemize
41560 \begin_layout Itemize
41566 \begin_layout Itemize
41572 \begin_layout Itemize
41578 \begin_layout Itemize
41584 \begin_layout Itemize
41586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41595 \begin_layout Standard
41596 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41599 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41606 \begin_layout Bibliography
41607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41608 LatexCommand bibitem
41615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41618 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41623 \begin_inset Newline newline
41627 \begin_inset Flex URL
41630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41640 \begin_layout Bibliography
41641 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41642 LatexCommand bibitem
41643 key "latexcompanion"
41647 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41649 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41652 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41655 \begin_layout Bibliography
41656 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41657 LatexCommand bibitem
41662 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41665 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41668 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41671 \begin_layout Bibliography
41672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41673 LatexCommand bibitem
41680 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41683 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41686 \begin_layout Bibliography
41687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41688 LatexCommand bibitem
41700 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41703 \begin_layout Bibliography
41704 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41705 LatexCommand bibitem
41711 \begin_inset Newline newline
41715 \begin_inset Flex URL
41718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41720 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41728 \begin_layout Bibliography
41729 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41730 LatexCommand bibitem
41736 \begin_inset Newline newline
41740 \begin_inset Flex URL
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41745 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41753 \begin_layout Bibliography
41754 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41755 LatexCommand bibitem
41761 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41763 name "Documentation"
41764 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41773 \begin_inset Newline newline
41777 \begin_inset Flex URL
41780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41790 \begin_layout Bibliography
41791 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41792 LatexCommand bibitem
41798 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41800 name "Documentation"
41801 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41810 \begin_inset Newline newline
41814 \begin_inset Flex URL
41817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41827 \begin_layout Bibliography
41828 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41829 LatexCommand bibitem
41835 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41837 name "Documentation"
41838 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41842 of the LaTeX-package
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41851 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41857 \begin_inset Newline newline
41861 \begin_inset Flex URL
41864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41866 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41874 \begin_layout Bibliography
41875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41876 LatexCommand bibitem
41882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41884 name "Documentation"
41885 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41889 of the LaTeX-package
41897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41904 \begin_inset Newline newline
41908 \begin_inset Flex URL
41911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41921 \begin_layout Bibliography
41922 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41923 LatexCommand bibitem
41929 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41931 name "Documentation"
41932 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41936 of the LaTeX-package
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41951 \begin_inset Newline newline
41955 \begin_inset Flex URL
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41968 \begin_layout Bibliography
41969 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41970 LatexCommand bibitem
41976 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41978 name "Documentation"
41979 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41983 of the LaTeX-package
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41998 \begin_inset Newline newline
42002 \begin_inset Flex URL
42005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42007 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42015 \begin_layout Bibliography
42016 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42017 LatexCommand bibitem
42023 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42025 name "Documentation"
42026 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42030 of the LaTeX-package
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42045 \begin_inset Newline newline
42049 \begin_inset Flex URL
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42054 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42062 \begin_layout Bibliography
42063 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42064 LatexCommand bibitem
42070 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42073 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42077 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42078 \begin_inset Newline newline
42082 \begin_inset Flex URL
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42095 \begin_layout Bibliography
42096 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42097 LatexCommand bibitem
42103 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42106 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42110 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42111 \begin_inset Newline newline
42115 \begin_inset Flex URL
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42120 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42128 \begin_layout Bibliography
42129 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42130 LatexCommand bibitem
42136 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42139 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42143 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42144 \begin_inset Newline newline
42148 \begin_inset Flex URL
42151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42161 \begin_layout Bibliography
42162 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42163 LatexCommand bibitem
42169 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42172 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42176 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42177 \begin_inset Newline newline
42181 \begin_inset Flex URL
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42194 \begin_layout Bibliography
42195 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42196 LatexCommand bibitem
42202 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42205 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42209 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42210 \begin_inset Newline newline
42214 \begin_inset Flex URL
42217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42227 \begin_layout Bibliography
42228 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42229 LatexCommand bibitem
42235 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42238 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42242 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42243 \begin_inset Newline newline
42247 \begin_inset Flex URL
42250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42260 \begin_layout Bibliography
42261 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42262 LatexCommand bibitem
42268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42271 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42275 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42276 \begin_inset Newline newline
42280 \begin_inset Flex URL
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42285 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42293 \begin_layout Bibliography
42294 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42295 LatexCommand bibitem
42301 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42304 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42308 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42309 \begin_inset Newline newline
42313 \begin_inset Flex URL
42316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42326 \begin_layout Bibliography
42327 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42328 LatexCommand bibitem
42334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42337 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42341 about new features in
42346 \begin_inset Newline newline
42350 \begin_inset Flex URL
42353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42355 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42363 \begin_layout Standard
42364 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 \begin_inset Note Note
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42409 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42410 bibliography is the second one:
42418 \begin_layout Standard
42419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42420 LatexCommand bibtex
42421 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42422 options "biblio/alphadin"
42429 \begin_layout Standard
42430 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42433 \begin_layout Standard
42436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42437 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42442 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42443 LatexCommand printindex